1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
71 #include "character.h"
75 #include "dispextern.h"
77 #include "termhooks.h"
85 #include "intervals.h"
91 #include <X11/Shell.h>
94 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
106 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
107 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
110 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
112 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
113 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
118 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
120 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
121 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
123 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
125 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
126 #if defined USE_MOTIF
127 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
128 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
129 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
134 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
135 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
137 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
138 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
140 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
141 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
142 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
143 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
145 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
147 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
148 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
149 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
154 #ifndef XtNinitialState
155 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
159 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
161 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
165 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
170 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
172 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
174 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
177 static int any_help_event_p
;
179 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
180 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
182 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
184 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
186 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
189 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
191 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
192 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
193 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
194 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
196 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
198 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
199 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
200 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
201 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
203 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
205 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
207 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
210 /* The application context for Xt use. */
211 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
212 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
213 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
215 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
217 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
219 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
220 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
222 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
224 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
225 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
226 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
228 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
232 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
233 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
234 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
235 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
237 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
239 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
240 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
241 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
242 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
243 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
244 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
245 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
246 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
247 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
250 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
252 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
253 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
254 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
256 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
258 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
259 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
262 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
263 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
266 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
268 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
269 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
270 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
271 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
272 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
273 it's somewhat accurate. */
275 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
277 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
281 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
283 static int input_signal_count
;
286 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
288 static int x_noop_count
;
290 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
292 extern char **initial_argv
;
293 extern int initial_argc
;
295 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
297 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
299 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
301 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
305 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
307 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
309 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
311 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
312 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
313 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
315 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
316 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
318 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
319 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
321 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
322 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
323 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
324 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
325 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
327 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
328 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
329 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
330 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
331 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
332 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
333 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
334 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
335 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
336 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
337 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
338 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
339 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
340 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
341 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
342 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
343 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
344 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
345 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
346 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
347 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
348 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
349 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
350 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
351 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
352 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
353 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
354 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
355 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
356 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
357 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
359 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
360 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
361 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
362 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
363 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
364 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
365 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
366 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
367 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
369 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
370 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
371 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
372 int *, struct input_event
*));
375 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
384 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
385 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
386 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
388 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
389 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
394 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
395 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
396 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
397 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
398 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
401 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
404 /***********************************************************************
406 ***********************************************************************/
410 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
411 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
419 struct record event_record
[100];
421 int event_record_index
;
423 record_event (locus
, type
)
427 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
428 event_record_index
= 0;
430 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
431 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
432 event_record_index
++;
439 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
441 struct x_display_info
*
442 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
445 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
447 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
448 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
456 /***********************************************************************
457 Starting and ending an update
458 ***********************************************************************/
460 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
461 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
462 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
463 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
464 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
474 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
475 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
479 x_update_window_begin (w
)
482 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
483 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
486 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
490 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
492 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
493 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
495 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
497 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
498 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
500 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
501 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
502 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
503 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
504 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
505 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
507 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
508 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
509 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
510 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
511 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
512 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
513 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
517 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
518 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
521 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
522 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
531 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
534 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
538 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
541 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
543 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
546 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
547 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
550 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
552 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
553 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
555 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
556 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
557 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
559 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
560 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
564 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
566 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
568 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
570 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
575 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
577 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
579 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
580 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
585 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
586 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
587 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
589 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
590 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
591 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
594 updated_window
= NULL
;
598 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
605 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
606 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
610 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
616 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
617 complete update has been performed. The global variable
618 updated_window is not available here. */
621 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
626 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
628 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
629 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
632 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
633 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
634 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
635 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
636 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
643 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
644 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
645 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
646 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
647 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
648 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
651 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
652 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
654 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
660 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
661 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
663 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
664 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
665 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
666 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
667 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
668 overhead is very small. */
669 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
670 && desired_row
->full_width_p
671 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
672 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
674 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
677 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
679 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
680 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
681 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
685 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
686 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
687 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
688 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
689 y
, width
, height
, False
);
695 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
697 struct glyph_row
*row
;
698 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
700 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
701 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
702 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
703 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
704 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
707 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
708 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
711 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
714 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
715 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
716 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
717 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
719 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
722 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
724 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
726 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
727 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
728 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
729 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
731 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
733 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
735 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
736 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
739 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
745 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
746 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
750 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
752 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
754 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
756 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
758 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
759 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
761 face
->background
, depth
);
765 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
766 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
769 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
770 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
771 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
772 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
775 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
776 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
777 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
781 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
782 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
783 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
787 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
792 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
793 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
794 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
798 XTset_terminal_modes ()
802 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
803 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
806 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
812 /***********************************************************************
814 ***********************************************************************/
816 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
818 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*,
819 struct charset
*, int *));
822 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
823 is not contained in the font. */
826 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
829 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
831 /* The result metric information. */
832 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
834 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
836 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
838 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
840 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
841 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
842 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
843 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
844 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
845 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
846 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
847 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
848 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
849 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
853 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
854 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
855 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
856 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
858 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
859 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
863 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
865 \ = integer modulus */
866 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
867 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
868 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
869 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
871 pcm
= (font
->per_char
872 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
873 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
874 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
880 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
881 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
882 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
883 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
884 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
885 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
889 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
894 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
895 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
898 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, charset
, two_byte_p
)
901 struct font_info
*font_info
;
902 struct charset
*charset
;
905 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
907 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
908 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
910 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
912 /* It's a program. */
913 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
915 check_ccl_update (ccl
);
916 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
918 ccl
->reg
[0] = CHARSET_ID (charset
);
919 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
924 ccl
->reg
[0] = CHARSET_ID (charset
);
925 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
926 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
929 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, Qnil
);
931 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
933 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
934 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, 0, ccl
->reg
[1]);
936 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, ccl
->reg
[1], ccl
->reg
[2]);
938 else if (font_info
->encoding_type
)
940 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
942 unsigned char enc
= font_info
->encoding_type
;
944 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
945 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
946 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
948 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
949 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
953 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
955 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
960 /***********************************************************************
962 ***********************************************************************/
966 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
967 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
968 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
970 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
971 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
972 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
973 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
974 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
975 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
976 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
977 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
978 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
979 unsigned long *, double, int));
980 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
981 double, int, unsigned long));
982 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
983 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
984 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
985 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
986 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
987 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
989 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
990 int, int, int, int, int, int,
992 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
993 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
996 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
1000 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1005 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1007 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1008 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1009 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1011 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1014 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1018 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1019 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1021 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1022 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1023 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1024 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1025 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1026 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1027 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1029 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1030 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1031 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1033 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1034 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1037 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1038 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1039 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1040 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1042 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1043 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1046 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1047 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1049 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1054 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1057 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1058 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1063 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1064 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1065 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1067 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1069 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1070 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1072 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1073 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1074 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1076 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1077 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1078 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1081 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1086 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1087 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1088 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1089 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1090 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1091 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1093 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1094 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1097 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1098 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1100 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1103 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1107 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1108 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1109 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1112 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1113 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1115 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1119 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1120 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1124 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1125 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1127 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1129 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1131 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1132 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1134 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1136 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1137 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1139 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1141 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1144 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1146 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1147 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1149 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1150 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1152 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1153 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1157 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1158 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1161 /* GC must have been set. */
1162 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1166 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1167 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1170 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1171 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1174 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1175 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1179 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1180 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1184 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (src
, dst
)
1185 struct glyph_string
*src
, *dst
;
1188 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= src
->hl
;
1190 src
->hl
= DRAW_CURSOR
; /* This foces clipping just this glyph. */
1191 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (src
, &r
);
1193 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1198 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1201 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1202 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1205 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1208 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1209 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1210 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1211 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1212 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1216 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1217 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1222 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1225 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1226 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1230 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1231 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1232 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1233 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1237 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1238 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1239 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1240 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1241 contains the first component of a composition. */
1244 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1245 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1248 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1249 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1250 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1252 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1256 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1257 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1258 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1259 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1260 s
->background_width
,
1261 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1262 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1263 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1265 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1266 || s
->font_not_found_p
1267 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1270 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1271 s
->background_width
,
1272 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1273 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1279 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1282 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1283 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1287 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1288 of S to the right of that box line. */
1289 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1290 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1291 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1295 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1297 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1299 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1301 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1302 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1303 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1305 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1310 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1311 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1313 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1314 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1316 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1318 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1319 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1321 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1322 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1323 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1324 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1325 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1327 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1329 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1331 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1332 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1334 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1335 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1340 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1341 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1343 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1344 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1347 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1349 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1350 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1352 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1353 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1355 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1356 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1361 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1364 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1365 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1369 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1370 of S to the right of that box line. */
1371 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1372 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1373 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1377 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1378 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1379 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1380 this composition. */
1382 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1383 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1384 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1387 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1388 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1392 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1395 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1396 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1397 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1399 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1400 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1401 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1402 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1409 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1411 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1412 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1413 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1414 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1415 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1418 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1419 cannot be determined. */
1421 static struct frame
*
1422 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1425 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1429 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1431 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1432 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1433 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1434 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1435 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1436 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1438 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1439 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1440 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1441 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1442 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1443 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1444 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1445 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1452 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1453 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1454 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1455 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1458 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1463 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1464 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1468 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1469 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1470 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1471 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1472 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1473 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1476 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1480 unsigned long *pixel
;
1484 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1485 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1489 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1490 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1492 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1494 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1496 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1501 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1502 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1504 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1507 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1509 DPY is the display we are working on.
1511 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1512 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1513 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1514 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1516 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1517 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1519 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1520 we allocated the color or not.
1522 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1525 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1529 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1530 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1540 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1541 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1543 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1547 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1548 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1549 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1551 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1553 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1554 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1556 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1558 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1559 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1561 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1562 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1564 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1565 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1570 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1572 params
[0] = color_name
;
1573 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1574 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1575 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1580 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1582 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1584 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1588 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1592 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1593 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1596 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1601 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1602 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1603 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1605 APP is the application context in which we work.
1607 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1608 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1609 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1611 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1614 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1623 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1625 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1628 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1630 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1631 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1632 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1633 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1634 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1639 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1642 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1643 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1644 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1645 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1647 static const XColor
*
1648 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1652 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1654 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1656 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1659 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1660 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1661 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1662 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1663 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1665 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1666 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1668 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1669 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1672 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1673 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1677 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1678 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1681 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1686 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1688 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1691 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1693 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1694 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1695 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1696 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1700 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1704 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1705 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1708 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1712 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1716 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1717 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1718 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1722 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1729 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1732 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1733 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1734 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1735 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1737 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1739 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1741 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1743 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1744 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1745 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1746 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1748 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1751 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1755 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1756 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1757 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1758 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1762 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1763 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1764 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1765 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1766 XColor
*cached_color
;
1768 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1769 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1770 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1771 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1772 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1774 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1775 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1776 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1780 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1782 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1783 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1789 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1790 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1791 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1795 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1800 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1801 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1805 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1806 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1807 get color reference counts right. */
1810 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1812 unsigned long pixel
;
1816 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1818 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1819 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1821 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1822 register_color (pixel
);
1828 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1829 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1830 get color reference counts right. */
1833 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1836 unsigned long pixel
;
1840 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1842 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1843 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1845 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1846 register_color (pixel
);
1852 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1855 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1856 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1857 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1858 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1859 use an additional additive factor.
1861 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1862 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1863 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1866 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1867 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1868 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1869 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1870 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1871 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1874 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1878 unsigned long *pixel
;
1886 /* Get RGB color values. */
1887 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1888 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1890 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1891 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1892 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1893 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1894 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1896 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1897 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1899 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1900 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1901 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1902 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1903 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1905 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1906 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1907 /* The additive adjustment. */
1908 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1912 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1913 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1914 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1918 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1919 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1920 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1924 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1925 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1928 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1930 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1931 delta to the RGB values. */
1932 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1934 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1935 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1936 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1937 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1948 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1949 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1950 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1951 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1952 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1953 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1956 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1958 struct relief
*relief
;
1961 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1964 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1965 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1966 unsigned long pixel
;
1967 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1968 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1969 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1970 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1972 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1973 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1975 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1976 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1977 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1979 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1981 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1982 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1985 /* Allocate new color. */
1986 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1988 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1989 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1991 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1992 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1995 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1997 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1999 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
2002 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2006 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
2009 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
2010 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2012 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2013 unsigned long color
;
2015 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2016 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2017 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2019 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2020 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2025 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2026 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2027 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2030 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2031 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2033 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2034 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2035 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2036 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2037 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2042 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2043 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2044 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2045 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2046 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2047 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2051 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2052 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2054 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2055 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2056 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2058 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2059 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2064 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2066 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2067 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2071 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2072 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2073 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2074 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2078 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2079 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2080 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2082 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2084 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2086 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2087 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2091 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2092 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2093 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2094 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2098 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2099 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2100 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2102 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2106 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2107 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2108 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2109 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2110 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2111 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2114 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2115 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2116 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2117 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2118 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2122 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2123 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2124 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2127 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2128 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2132 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2133 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2136 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2137 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2141 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2142 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2144 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2145 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2149 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2152 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2153 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2155 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2156 int left_p
, right_p
;
2157 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2158 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2160 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2161 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2162 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2164 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2165 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2167 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2169 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2170 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2172 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2174 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2176 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2178 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2179 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2181 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2182 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2183 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2185 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2187 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2189 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2190 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2191 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2194 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2195 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2196 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2201 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2204 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2205 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2208 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2210 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2211 right of that line. */
2212 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2213 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2215 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2217 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2219 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2220 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2221 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2222 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2228 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2229 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2230 trust on the shape extension to be available
2231 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2233 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2236 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2238 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2239 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2240 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2241 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2242 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2244 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2247 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2248 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2249 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2250 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2251 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2252 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2256 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2258 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2261 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2262 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2263 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2264 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2265 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2266 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2268 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2269 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2270 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2271 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2272 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2273 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2274 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2276 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2278 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2280 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2281 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2286 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2287 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2288 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2292 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2295 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2296 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2298 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2301 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2303 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2304 right of that line. */
2305 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2306 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2308 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2310 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2312 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2313 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2314 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2315 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2317 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2318 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2320 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2321 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2325 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2326 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2331 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2332 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2334 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2335 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2336 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2338 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2340 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2345 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2348 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2349 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2353 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2355 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2356 right of that line. */
2357 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2358 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2360 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2362 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2364 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2365 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2366 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2367 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2373 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2374 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2375 trust on the shape extension to be available
2376 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2378 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2382 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2383 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2384 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2385 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2386 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2388 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2389 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2390 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2391 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2395 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2396 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2397 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2399 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2400 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2401 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2402 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2403 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2404 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2405 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2407 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2409 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2410 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2411 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2416 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2417 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2418 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2422 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2423 give the rectangle to draw. */
2426 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2427 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2432 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2433 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2434 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2435 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2438 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2442 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2445 s->x +-------------------------
2448 | +-------------------------
2451 | | +-------------------
2457 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2458 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2460 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2461 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2463 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2466 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2467 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2468 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2469 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2471 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2472 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2474 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2475 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2479 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2480 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2484 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2485 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2486 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2487 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2488 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2490 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2491 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2492 s
->background_width
,
2495 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2497 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2499 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2502 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2503 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2504 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2505 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2506 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2511 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2513 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2514 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2515 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2516 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2524 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2526 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2528 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2529 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2531 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2534 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2537 /* Draw the foreground. */
2540 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2541 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2542 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2543 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2544 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2547 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2549 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2551 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2552 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2553 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2557 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2560 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2561 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2563 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2564 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2566 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2567 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2569 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2570 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2571 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2574 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2576 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2577 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2579 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2580 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2584 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2585 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2587 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2593 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2594 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2596 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2598 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2599 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2600 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2601 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2606 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2607 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2608 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2609 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2613 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2614 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2617 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2621 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2624 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2625 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2627 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2629 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2630 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2631 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2632 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2635 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2637 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
; next
;
2638 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2639 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2641 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2642 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2643 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2647 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2648 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2650 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2651 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2652 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2653 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2654 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2655 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2658 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2659 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2660 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2661 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2664 else if ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2665 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
))
2666 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2667 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2668 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2669 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2671 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2673 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2676 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2680 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2684 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2685 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2687 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2688 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2691 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2692 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2693 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2695 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2696 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2703 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2705 /* Draw underline. */
2706 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2708 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2711 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2712 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2715 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2716 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2717 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2718 specs, and its default is
2720 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2721 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2723 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2724 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2725 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2726 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2727 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2729 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2731 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2732 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2733 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2737 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2738 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2739 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2740 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2741 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2745 /* Draw overline. */
2746 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2748 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2750 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2751 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2756 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2757 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2758 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2760 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2764 /* Draw strike-through. */
2765 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2767 unsigned long h
= 1;
2768 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2770 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2771 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2776 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2777 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2778 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2780 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2784 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2785 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2786 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2790 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2792 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2793 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2794 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2796 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2797 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2798 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2801 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2802 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2803 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2804 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2811 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2813 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2814 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2815 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)
2817 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2818 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2819 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2822 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2823 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2824 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2825 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2831 /* Reset clipping. */
2832 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2835 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2838 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2840 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2842 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2843 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2844 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2848 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2859 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2860 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2863 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2870 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2871 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2875 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2876 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2886 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2888 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2890 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2891 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2892 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2894 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2895 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2897 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2899 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2900 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2901 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2903 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2910 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2912 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2913 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2915 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2918 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2919 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2922 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2923 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2925 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2926 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2927 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2929 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2930 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2934 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2936 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2937 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2941 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2943 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2944 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2946 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2948 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2960 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2961 pixels into background pixels. */
2965 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2966 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2967 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2969 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2970 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2974 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2975 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2976 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2977 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2978 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2979 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2980 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2984 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2985 edge it is next to. */
2986 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2988 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2989 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2992 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2993 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3000 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3002 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3003 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3005 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3007 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3008 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3009 width
, flash_height
);
3010 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3012 (height
- flash_height
3013 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3014 width
, flash_height
);
3017 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3018 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3019 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3020 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3025 struct timeval wakeup
;
3027 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3029 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3030 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3031 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3032 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3034 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3036 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3038 struct timeval current
;
3039 struct timeval timeout
;
3041 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3043 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3044 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3047 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3049 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3051 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3052 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3056 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3057 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3059 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3061 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3062 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3063 width
, flash_height
);
3064 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3066 (height
- flash_height
3067 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3068 width
, flash_height
);
3071 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3072 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3073 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3074 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3076 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3084 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3087 /* Make audible bell. */
3092 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3094 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3096 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3103 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3104 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3111 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3112 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3113 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3114 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3117 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3120 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3125 /***********************************************************************
3127 ***********************************************************************/
3129 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3130 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3133 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
3140 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3143 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3147 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3148 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3150 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3151 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3153 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3155 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3156 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3157 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3161 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3162 line at the bottom. */
3163 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3164 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3166 height
= run
->height
;
3170 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3172 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3173 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3175 height
= run
->height
;
3180 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3184 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3185 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3186 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3196 /***********************************************************************
3198 ***********************************************************************/
3205 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3206 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3207 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3208 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3210 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3211 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3213 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3217 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3220 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3221 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3222 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3223 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3225 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3226 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3228 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3231 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3232 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3233 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3234 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3235 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3238 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3239 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3240 struct frame
*frame
;
3242 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3244 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3246 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3247 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3248 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3250 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3251 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3254 selected_frame
= frame
;
3255 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3257 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3258 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3261 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3262 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3264 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3267 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3270 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3271 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3272 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3275 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3278 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3279 struct frame
*frame
;
3280 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3282 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3284 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3286 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3287 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3289 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3290 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3291 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3292 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3293 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3295 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3296 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3300 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3303 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3304 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3307 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3309 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3311 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3313 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3314 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3318 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3319 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3324 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3325 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3327 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3330 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3331 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3333 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3335 struct frame
*frame
;
3337 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3341 switch (event
->type
)
3346 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3348 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3350 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3351 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3352 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3353 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3355 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3361 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3362 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3363 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3364 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3370 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3373 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3374 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3376 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3379 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3380 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3381 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3383 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3384 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3385 the appropriate X display info. */
3388 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3389 struct frame
*frame
;
3391 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3395 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3396 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3398 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3400 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3402 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3403 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3404 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3405 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3406 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3408 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3409 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3413 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3415 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3418 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3419 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3420 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3426 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3428 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3430 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3431 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3433 int min_code
, max_code
;
3436 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3438 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3439 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3440 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3441 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3442 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3445 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3447 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3448 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3451 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3452 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3454 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3456 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3457 Alt keysyms are on. */
3459 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3460 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3462 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3464 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3465 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3467 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3469 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3473 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3477 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3479 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3485 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3486 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3491 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3492 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3497 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3498 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3499 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3500 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3505 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3506 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3507 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3508 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3512 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3513 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3514 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3515 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3516 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3525 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3526 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3528 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3529 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3532 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3533 make them just meta, not alt. */
3534 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3536 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3539 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3540 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3543 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3547 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3548 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3551 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3552 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3553 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3554 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3557 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3558 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3559 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3560 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3561 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3562 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3563 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3564 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3567 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3568 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3569 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3570 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3571 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3572 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3576 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3577 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3580 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3581 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3582 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3583 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3587 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3588 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3589 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3590 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3591 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3592 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3593 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3594 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3597 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3598 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3599 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3600 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3601 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3602 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3605 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3608 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3614 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3622 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3624 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3626 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3630 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3631 struct input_event
*result
;
3632 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3635 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3637 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3638 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3639 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3640 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3642 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3646 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3647 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3648 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3654 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3655 The input handler calls this.
3657 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3658 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3659 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3660 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3662 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3663 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3666 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3668 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3670 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3671 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3672 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3674 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3677 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3679 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3680 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3681 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3682 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3687 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3688 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3689 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3690 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3691 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3692 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3694 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3695 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3696 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3697 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3698 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3699 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3707 /************************************************************************
3709 ************************************************************************/
3712 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3714 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3715 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3716 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3717 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3718 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3723 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3724 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3726 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3727 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3728 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3729 position on the scroll bar.
3731 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3732 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3735 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3736 was at this position.
3738 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3740 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3744 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3747 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3748 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3750 unsigned long *time
;
3756 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3757 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3763 Window dummy_window
;
3766 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3768 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3769 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3770 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3771 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3773 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3775 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3776 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3777 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3779 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3782 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3783 a different screen. */
3786 /* The position on that root window. */
3789 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3792 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3794 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3796 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3797 containing the pointer. */
3801 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3806 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3807 structure is changing at the same time this function
3808 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3810 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3812 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3813 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3815 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3816 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3817 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3819 /* From-window, to-window. */
3820 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3822 /* From-position, to-position. */
3823 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3827 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3833 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3835 /* From-window, to-window. */
3838 /* From-position, to-position. */
3839 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3844 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3852 /* Now we know that:
3853 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3854 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3855 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3856 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3857 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3858 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3859 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3860 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3861 never use them in that case.) */
3863 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3864 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3866 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3867 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3870 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3871 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3873 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3876 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3879 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3881 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3884 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3886 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3890 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3896 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3897 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3901 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3902 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3903 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3904 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3905 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3906 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3907 the frame are divided into. */
3909 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3910 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3915 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3916 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3917 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3927 /***********************************************************************
3929 ***********************************************************************/
3931 /* Scroll bar support. */
3933 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3935 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3938 static struct scroll_bar
*
3939 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3945 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3946 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3947 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3949 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3950 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3953 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3955 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3956 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3957 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3960 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3962 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3963 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3964 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3965 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3966 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3969 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3970 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3971 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3972 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3979 #if defined USE_LUCID
3981 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3982 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3985 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3990 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3991 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3994 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3995 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3997 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4004 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4007 /************************************************************************
4009 ************************************************************************/
4011 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4013 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
4014 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
4015 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
4016 struct scroll_bar
*));
4017 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4021 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4022 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4024 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4026 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4028 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4030 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4031 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4034 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4036 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4038 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4040 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4041 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4042 to avoid jerkyness. */
4044 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4046 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4047 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4048 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4049 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4052 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4055 XtPointer client_data
;
4059 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4065 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4066 end_action
= "Release";
4067 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4068 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4069 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4070 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4073 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4074 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4078 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4079 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4080 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4082 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4084 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4085 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4086 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4088 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4089 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4091 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4092 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4095 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4097 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4098 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4100 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4101 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4104 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4105 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4106 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4107 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4110 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4112 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4115 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4116 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4117 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4122 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4123 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4124 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4125 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4126 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4129 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4130 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4131 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4132 into that array in the event. */
4133 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4134 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4137 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4139 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4140 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4141 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4143 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4145 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4146 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4149 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4150 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4151 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4152 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4153 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4154 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4156 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4157 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4159 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4160 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4161 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4162 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4167 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4171 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4173 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4175 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4180 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4181 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4183 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4184 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4186 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4187 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4190 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4192 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4194 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4195 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4196 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4197 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4198 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4204 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4206 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4209 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4210 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4211 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4214 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4216 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4218 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4219 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4220 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4224 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4225 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4226 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4229 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4230 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4231 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4234 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4235 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4236 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4239 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4240 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4241 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4245 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4246 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4249 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4250 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4251 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4258 /* Get the slider size. */
4260 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4263 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4264 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4265 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4266 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4270 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4276 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4277 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4278 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4283 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4285 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4286 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4289 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4293 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4299 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4300 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4302 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4304 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4307 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4309 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4315 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4317 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4319 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4321 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4322 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4324 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4326 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4327 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4329 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4331 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4332 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4334 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4336 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4337 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4341 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4342 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4343 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4344 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4349 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4350 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4351 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4355 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4357 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4358 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4359 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4363 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4365 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4367 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4368 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4370 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4373 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4375 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4379 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4381 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4382 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4383 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4384 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4385 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4387 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4389 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4391 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4392 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4393 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4394 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4398 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4399 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4400 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4401 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4402 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4403 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4404 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4407 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4409 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4411 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4412 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4413 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4417 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4419 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4422 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4423 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4425 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4426 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4427 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4428 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4430 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4432 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4433 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4434 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4435 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4438 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4439 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4441 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4443 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4444 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4448 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4450 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4452 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4455 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4460 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4463 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4465 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4471 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4472 unsigned long pixel
;
4477 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4478 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4479 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4480 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4481 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4482 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4483 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4484 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4486 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4489 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4493 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4496 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4500 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4501 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4503 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4504 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4506 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4508 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4510 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4512 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4514 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4516 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4519 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4520 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4522 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4523 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4524 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4525 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4527 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4529 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4530 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4531 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4532 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4533 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4534 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4535 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4536 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4538 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4541 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4545 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4548 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4552 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4554 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4555 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4557 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4558 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4559 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4561 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4563 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4565 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4566 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4567 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4569 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4572 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4573 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4574 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4575 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4576 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4577 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4579 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4583 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4584 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4585 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4587 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4589 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4592 /* Specify the colors. */
4593 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4596 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4599 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4602 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4608 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4609 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4613 char *val
= initial
;
4614 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4615 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4616 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4618 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4619 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4620 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4621 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4622 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4623 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4627 /* Define callbacks. */
4628 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4629 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4632 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4633 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4635 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4637 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4638 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4639 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4640 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4642 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4643 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4644 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4645 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4649 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4652 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4653 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4657 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4658 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4659 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4661 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4664 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4666 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4667 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4668 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4670 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4671 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4678 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4679 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4680 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4681 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4682 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4683 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4684 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4685 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4686 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4687 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4688 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4689 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4690 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4691 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4698 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4699 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4702 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4706 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4707 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4709 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4710 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4711 size
= max (size
, 1);
4713 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4714 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4715 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4717 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4719 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4725 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4726 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4730 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4732 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4733 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4734 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4738 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4739 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4740 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4743 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4744 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4746 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4747 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4748 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4749 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4751 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4752 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4755 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4756 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4757 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4759 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4763 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4767 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4769 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4773 /************************************************************************
4774 Scroll bars, general
4775 ************************************************************************/
4777 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4778 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4779 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4782 static struct scroll_bar
*
4783 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4785 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4787 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4788 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4789 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4793 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4794 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4795 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4797 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4801 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4802 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4803 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4805 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4806 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4808 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4810 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4812 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4813 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4814 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4815 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4816 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4818 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4820 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4821 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4822 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4824 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4826 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4833 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4835 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4837 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4838 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4839 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4840 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4841 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4842 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4843 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4844 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4846 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4847 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4849 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4850 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4851 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4853 /* Map the window/widget. */
4854 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4857 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4858 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4860 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4861 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4863 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4864 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4865 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4866 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4867 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4869 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4870 max (height
, 1), 0);
4871 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4872 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4874 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4875 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4876 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4883 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4885 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4886 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4887 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4890 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4891 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4892 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4893 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4894 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4896 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4899 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4900 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4904 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4905 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4906 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4907 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4909 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4911 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4912 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4918 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4919 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4920 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4922 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4923 the distance between start and end. */
4925 int length
= end
- start
;
4929 else if (start
> top_range
)
4931 end
= start
+ length
;
4935 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4939 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4940 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4941 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4943 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4944 if (end
> top_range
)
4947 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4948 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4949 that many pixels tall. */
4950 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4952 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4953 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4955 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4956 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4957 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4958 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4959 inside_width
, start
,
4962 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4963 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4964 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4965 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4967 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4968 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4969 /* x, y, width, height */
4970 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4971 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4972 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4974 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4975 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4976 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4977 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4979 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4980 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4981 if (end
< inside_height
)
4982 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4983 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4984 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4985 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4986 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4994 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4996 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5000 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5001 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5003 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5006 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5008 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
5009 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5010 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5011 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5013 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
5016 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5017 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5023 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5024 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5025 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5029 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5031 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5033 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5034 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5035 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5036 int window_y
, window_height
;
5038 /* Get window dimensions. */
5039 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5041 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5042 height
= window_height
;
5044 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5045 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5047 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5048 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5049 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5050 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5054 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5055 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5056 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5058 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5059 ? width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5063 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5064 ? (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5065 : width
- sb_width
));
5067 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5068 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5073 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5074 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5076 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5079 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5080 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5084 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5088 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5089 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5091 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5095 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5097 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5099 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5101 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5104 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5106 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5109 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5110 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5111 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5112 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5113 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5115 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5116 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5118 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5119 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5121 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5122 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5123 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5125 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5126 max (height
, 1), 0);
5127 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5129 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5131 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5132 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5133 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5135 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5136 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5138 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5139 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5140 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5144 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5145 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5146 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5149 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5150 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5151 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5153 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5154 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5155 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5156 rest
, height
, False
);
5158 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5159 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5163 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5168 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5170 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5172 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5176 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5178 /* Remember new settings. */
5179 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5180 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5181 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5182 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5187 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5188 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5189 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5190 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5192 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5194 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5197 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5200 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5201 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5202 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5205 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5207 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5211 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5212 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5213 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5214 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5215 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5216 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5217 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5219 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5220 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5221 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5224 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5227 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5228 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5231 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5232 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5233 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5234 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5235 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5236 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5237 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5242 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5243 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5246 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5247 struct window
*window
;
5249 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5252 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5253 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5256 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5258 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5259 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5260 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5262 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5264 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5265 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5267 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5268 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5269 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5271 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5272 one or the other! */
5276 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5278 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5279 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5281 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5283 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5284 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5285 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5288 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5289 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5292 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5295 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5297 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5299 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5300 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5301 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5303 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5305 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5307 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5310 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5313 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5314 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5318 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5319 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5320 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5322 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5326 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5327 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5330 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5331 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5332 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5333 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5337 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5339 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5340 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5342 /* x, y, width, height */
5344 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5345 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5350 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5352 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5353 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5355 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5360 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5361 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5363 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5365 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5368 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5369 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5370 emacs_event
->modifiers
5371 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5372 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5373 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5374 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5377 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5378 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5379 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5382 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5384 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5387 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5388 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5391 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5393 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5394 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5395 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5396 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5398 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5400 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5401 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5402 whether or not we're dragging. */
5404 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5406 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5407 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5408 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5411 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5412 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5413 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5414 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5416 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5417 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5419 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5420 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5424 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5426 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5428 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5429 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5431 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5433 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5436 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5440 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5442 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5444 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5448 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5449 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5452 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5454 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5457 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5459 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5460 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5462 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5463 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5465 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5467 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5469 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5474 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5476 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5477 on the scroll bar. */
5480 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5482 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5483 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5485 unsigned long *time
;
5487 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5488 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5489 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5491 Window dummy_window
;
5493 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5497 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5499 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5501 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5502 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5503 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5505 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5508 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5515 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5518 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5520 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5522 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5523 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5527 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5531 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5533 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5534 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5535 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5536 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5537 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5538 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5540 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5542 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5543 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5546 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5549 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5555 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5556 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5557 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5561 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5564 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5567 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5568 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5569 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5570 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5571 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5572 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5573 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5574 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5576 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5580 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5583 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5584 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5585 sometimes don't work. */
5587 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5590 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5591 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5592 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5593 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5595 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5596 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5598 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5600 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5601 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5603 static int temp_index
;
5604 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5606 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5607 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5609 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5611 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5612 on a particular display. */
5614 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5616 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5617 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5618 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5619 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5621 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5623 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5626 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5627 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5628 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5629 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5630 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5631 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5635 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5636 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5646 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5647 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5648 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5650 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5652 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5656 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5657 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5660 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5661 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5662 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5665 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5666 event
->xclient
.window
);
5668 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5673 static int current_count
;
5674 static int current_finish
;
5675 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5677 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5678 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5679 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5680 static GdkFilterReturn
5681 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5686 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5688 if (current_count
>= 0)
5690 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5692 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5695 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5696 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5697 so we do it here. */
5698 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5699 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5700 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5704 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5708 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5713 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5715 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5716 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5718 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5720 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5723 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5725 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5726 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5727 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5729 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5732 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5733 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5736 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5739 struct input_event ie
;
5740 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5746 struct coding_system coding
;
5747 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5749 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5751 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5752 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5759 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5760 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5761 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5763 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5764 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5766 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5767 could be the shell widget window
5768 if the frame has no title bar. */
5769 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5771 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5772 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5773 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5775 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5776 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5777 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5778 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5779 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5782 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5783 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5784 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5785 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5788 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5789 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5790 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5793 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5794 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5795 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5796 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5797 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5798 /* The ICCCM says this is
5799 the only valid choice. */
5801 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5802 /* This is needed to detect the error
5803 if there is an error. */
5805 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5807 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5812 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5813 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5815 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5816 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5817 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5818 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5819 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5820 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5821 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5822 session manager and one for this. */
5824 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5827 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5828 event
.xclient
.window
);
5829 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5830 for a single Emacs process. */
5831 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5832 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5833 event
.xclient
.window
,
5834 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5836 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5837 event
.xclient
.window
,
5843 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5844 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5846 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5847 event
.xclient
.window
);
5849 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5851 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5852 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5859 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5860 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5865 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5866 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5869 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5871 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5872 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5876 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5883 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5884 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5886 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5887 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5891 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5893 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5894 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5895 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5896 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5898 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5899 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5900 currently never do because we are interested in
5901 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5902 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5903 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5904 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5905 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5909 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5910 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5911 we construct an input_event. */
5912 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5913 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5915 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5916 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5919 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5921 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5926 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5927 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5931 case SelectionNotify
:
5932 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5933 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5935 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5936 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5939 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5940 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5941 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5943 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5945 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5947 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5948 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5949 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5950 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5951 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5955 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5956 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5957 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5959 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5961 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5962 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5964 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5965 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5966 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5967 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5968 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5969 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5970 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5971 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5975 case PropertyNotify
:
5976 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5977 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5978 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5979 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5980 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5984 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5987 case ReparentNotify
:
5988 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5992 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5993 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5997 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5998 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6003 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6006 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6009 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6010 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6011 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6012 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6013 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6016 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6018 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6019 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6020 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6021 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6025 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6026 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6030 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6031 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6033 #if defined USE_LUCID
6034 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6035 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6036 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6039 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6041 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6043 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6045 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6046 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6048 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6049 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6050 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6053 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6054 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6057 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6058 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6062 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6063 source area was obscured or not
6065 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6069 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6070 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6071 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6073 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6076 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6079 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6080 source area was completely
6085 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6086 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6089 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6092 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6093 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6094 the frame was deleted. */
6096 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6097 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6098 display that won't ever be seen. */
6099 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6100 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6101 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6102 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6103 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6104 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6105 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6106 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6108 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6110 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6111 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6117 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6118 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6119 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6122 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6123 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6124 frame is visible. */
6125 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6128 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6129 the frame's display structures.
6130 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6131 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6132 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6133 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6134 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6135 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6137 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6138 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6139 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6143 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6144 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6146 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6147 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6148 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6149 to update the frame titles
6150 in case this is the second frame. */
6151 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6157 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6159 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6160 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6161 if (popup_activated ())
6165 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6167 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6169 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6170 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6173 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6176 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6177 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6178 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6180 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6182 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6183 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6186 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6190 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6191 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6192 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6195 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6196 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6197 status_return even if the input is too long to
6198 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6199 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6200 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6201 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6202 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6203 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6204 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6206 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6210 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6211 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6212 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6214 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6218 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6219 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6220 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6222 /* This will have to go some day... */
6224 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6225 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6226 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6227 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6228 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6229 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6230 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6232 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6233 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6234 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6235 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6236 not it is combined with Meta. */
6237 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6238 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6243 Status status_return
;
6245 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6246 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6247 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6248 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6250 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6252 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6253 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6254 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6255 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6256 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6259 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6260 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6261 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6262 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6263 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6264 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6265 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6266 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6268 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6270 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6271 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6272 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6275 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6281 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6283 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6288 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6289 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6293 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6294 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6297 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6298 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6302 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6303 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6304 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6307 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6308 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6310 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6311 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6313 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6314 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6316 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6317 translations to characters. */
6318 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6319 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6321 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6322 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6326 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6327 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6329 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6330 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6332 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6333 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6337 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6338 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6339 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6343 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6344 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6345 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6346 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6350 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6351 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6352 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6353 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6354 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6355 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6357 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6358 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6360 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6361 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6362 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6363 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6364 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6365 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6367 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6368 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6370 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6371 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6373 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6374 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6376 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6377 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6379 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6380 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6382 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6383 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6385 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6386 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6388 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6389 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6391 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6392 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6394 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6395 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6397 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6398 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6400 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6401 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6403 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6404 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6406 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6407 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6408 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6409 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6410 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6411 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6413 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6414 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6417 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6419 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6420 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6421 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6422 don't have real modifiers but
6423 should be treated similarly to
6424 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6425 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6426 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6428 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6429 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6433 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6434 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6436 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6437 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6441 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6446 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6448 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6450 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6453 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6455 /* Decode the input data. */
6459 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6460 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6461 we used just above and the locale. */
6462 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6463 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6464 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6465 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6466 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6467 gives us composition information. */
6468 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6470 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6471 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6472 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6473 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6474 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6475 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6476 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6477 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6480 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6481 character events. */
6482 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6484 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6485 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6487 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6489 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6490 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6491 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6493 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6496 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6497 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6500 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6502 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6508 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6509 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6518 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6519 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6527 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6529 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6531 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6532 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6535 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6537 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6538 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6540 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6542 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6543 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6546 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6547 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6550 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6551 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6552 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6553 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6555 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6556 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6557 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6558 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
);
6563 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6567 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6569 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6572 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6574 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6575 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6576 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6577 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6580 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6581 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6582 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6583 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6584 if (any_help_event_p
)
6588 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6589 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6590 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
);
6595 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6600 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6601 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6603 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6604 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6605 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6607 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6609 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6611 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6612 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6618 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6619 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6623 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6624 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6627 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6628 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6629 will be selected iff it is active. */
6630 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6631 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6632 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6634 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6635 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6640 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6641 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6645 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6646 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6647 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6648 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6651 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6652 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6654 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6655 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6656 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6659 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6660 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6661 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6662 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6667 case ConfigureNotify
:
6668 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6671 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6673 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6674 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6675 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6676 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6677 do this one, the right one will come later.
6678 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6679 need to reset it below. */
6681 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6682 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6683 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6684 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6689 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6690 is called by the code that handles resizing
6691 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6693 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6694 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6695 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6696 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6697 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6698 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6699 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6701 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6702 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6703 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6705 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6708 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6709 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6712 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6713 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6714 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6715 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6718 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6719 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6720 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6722 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6723 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6724 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6728 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6729 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6732 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6734 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6735 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6736 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6737 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6745 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6746 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6749 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6750 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6752 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6754 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6755 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6757 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6761 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6762 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6763 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6766 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6767 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6769 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6770 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6772 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6773 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6775 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6776 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6777 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6783 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6784 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6786 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6787 if (! popup_activated ())
6790 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6792 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6793 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6795 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6796 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6798 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6799 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6802 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6808 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6809 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6810 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6812 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6813 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6815 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6817 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6818 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6820 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6822 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6823 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6826 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6828 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6829 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6832 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6835 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6837 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6838 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6839 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6843 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6844 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6845 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6846 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6847 Instead, save it away
6848 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6849 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6852 ! popup_activated ()
6855 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6856 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6857 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6858 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6859 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6860 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6861 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6862 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6864 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6865 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6867 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6870 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6872 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6876 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6877 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6878 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6880 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6882 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6883 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6884 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6889 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6892 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6896 case CirculateNotify
:
6899 case CirculateRequest
:
6902 case VisibilityNotify
:
6906 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6908 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6910 case MappingModifier
:
6911 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6912 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6913 case MappingKeyboard
:
6914 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6920 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6922 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6923 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6925 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6930 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6932 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6937 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6942 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6948 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6949 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6950 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6954 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6955 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6965 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6966 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6967 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6969 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6971 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6975 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6976 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6978 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6981 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6987 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6988 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6989 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6991 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6992 thus pretending to be `read'.
6994 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6997 XTread_socket (sd
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7000 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7004 int event_found
= 0;
7005 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7007 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7009 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7013 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7016 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7017 input_signal_count
++;
7021 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7022 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7023 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7025 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7027 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7028 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7029 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7030 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7031 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7032 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7035 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7036 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7037 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7038 for X connections. */
7041 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7043 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7044 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7045 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7046 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7048 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7052 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7053 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7055 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7056 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7061 struct input_event inev
;
7063 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7064 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7065 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7067 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7075 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7079 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7082 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7083 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7088 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7090 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7093 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7098 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7099 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7100 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7101 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7103 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7104 from all displays. */
7106 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7108 current_count
= count
;
7109 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7111 gtk_main_iteration ();
7113 count
= current_count
;
7115 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7117 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7120 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7124 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7125 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7128 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7129 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7130 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7132 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7136 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7137 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7139 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7141 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7142 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7146 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7148 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7149 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7151 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7152 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7164 /***********************************************************************
7166 ***********************************************************************/
7168 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7169 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7171 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7172 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7173 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7176 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7178 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7182 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7183 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7184 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7186 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7188 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7189 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7190 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7191 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7192 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7194 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7198 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7201 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7203 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7205 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7206 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7207 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7210 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7213 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7214 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7215 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7216 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7219 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7220 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7221 y
= get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &h
);
7222 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7224 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7225 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7226 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7227 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7228 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7230 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7231 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7232 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7234 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7235 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7236 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7237 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7241 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7243 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7244 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7245 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7249 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7251 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7253 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7255 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7256 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7258 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7259 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7261 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7262 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7265 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7266 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7267 the bar might not be in the window. */
7268 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7270 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7271 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7272 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7276 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7277 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7278 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7279 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7280 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7283 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7284 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7285 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7286 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7287 that the glyph is legible. */
7288 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7289 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7291 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7292 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7295 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7298 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7299 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7303 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7304 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7306 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7307 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7309 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7310 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7311 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7312 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7313 width
, row
->height
);
7315 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7316 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7317 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7318 row
->height
- width
),
7319 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7322 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7327 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7330 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7334 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7338 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7341 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7343 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7345 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7346 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7350 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7353 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7355 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7357 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7360 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7364 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7365 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7367 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7368 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7370 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7371 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7374 switch (cursor_type
)
7376 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7377 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7380 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7381 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7385 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7389 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7393 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7401 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7402 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7403 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7408 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7409 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7416 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7419 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7425 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7428 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7429 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7430 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7431 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7436 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7437 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7438 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7440 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7441 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7442 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7446 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7447 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7451 #if defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7453 if (xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7456 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7458 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7459 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7460 #endif /* defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) */
7462 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7465 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7466 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7470 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7471 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7475 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7476 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7477 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7478 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7479 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7481 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7484 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7485 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7491 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7492 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7495 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7499 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7505 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7506 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7508 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7509 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7511 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7512 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7513 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7515 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7516 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7517 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7518 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7523 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7525 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7526 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7528 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7529 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7531 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7533 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7535 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7536 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7537 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7540 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7544 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7545 x_error_message
->string
,
7546 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7549 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7550 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7553 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7554 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7555 stored in x_error_message_string.
7557 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7558 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7560 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7562 void x_check_errors ();
7563 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7566 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7569 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7570 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7572 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
7573 dummy
= make_number ((EMACS_INT
)dpy
+ (EMACS_INT
)x_error_message
);
7578 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7582 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7583 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7584 x_error_message
= data
;
7586 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
, dummy
);
7591 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7594 x_catch_errors_unwind (dummy
)
7597 Display
*dpy
= x_error_message
->dpy
;
7598 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7600 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7601 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7602 if (x_display_info_for_display (dpy
) != 0)
7609 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7610 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7614 make_number ((EMACS_INT
)dpy
+ (EMACS_INT
)x_error_message
)));
7619 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7620 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7621 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7624 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7628 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7631 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7632 error (format
, x_error_message
->string
);
7635 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7636 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7639 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7642 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7645 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7648 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7651 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7654 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7657 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7658 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7659 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7660 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7663 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7667 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7671 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7674 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7679 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7680 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7681 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7682 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7683 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7686 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7687 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7690 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7691 must reestablish each time */
7692 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7697 /************************************************************************
7699 ************************************************************************/
7701 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7703 static char *error_msg
;
7705 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7706 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7707 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7710 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7712 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7716 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7717 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7720 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7722 char *error_message
;
7724 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7725 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7728 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7729 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7730 handling_signal
= 0;
7732 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7733 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7734 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7735 the original message here. */
7736 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7738 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7739 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7740 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7742 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7743 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7744 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7746 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7747 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7749 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7750 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7751 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7753 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7754 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7755 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7758 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7759 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7760 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7761 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7767 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7770 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7772 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7774 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7775 that are on the dead display. */
7776 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7778 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7780 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7781 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7782 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7783 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7784 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7785 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7788 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7789 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7790 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7791 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7792 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7793 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7795 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7796 trying to find a replacement. */
7797 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7798 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7802 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7804 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7806 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7808 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7809 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7813 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7815 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7817 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7818 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7820 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7821 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7824 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7825 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7826 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
);
7828 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7829 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7832 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7836 if (x_error_message
)
7837 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7839 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7843 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7844 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7845 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7847 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7849 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7850 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7855 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7861 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7862 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7864 static void NO_INLINE
7865 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7869 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7871 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7872 original error handler. */
7874 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7875 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7876 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7877 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7881 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7882 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7883 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7886 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7891 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7892 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7896 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7898 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7899 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7900 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7901 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7904 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7906 register char *fontname
;
7908 struct font_info
*fontp
7909 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, fontname
);
7914 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
))
7915 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7917 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7919 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7920 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7921 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7923 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
7924 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
7925 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7927 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7929 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7930 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7932 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7933 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7934 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7938 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7939 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7942 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7943 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7945 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7946 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7947 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7948 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7949 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7950 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7952 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7953 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7954 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7955 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7956 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7959 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7962 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default fontset,
7963 and return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a
7964 wildcard pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits
7965 the pattern. FONTSETNAME may be a font name for ASCII characters;
7966 in that case, we create a fontset from that font name.
7968 The return value shows which fontset we chose.
7969 If FONTSETNAME specifies the default fontset, return Qt.
7970 If an ASCII font in the specified fontset can't be loaded, return
7974 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7976 Lisp_Object fontsetname
;
7978 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (fontsetname
, 0);
7981 if (fontset
> 0 && f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
== fontset
)
7982 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7984 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7985 else if (fontset
== 0)
7986 /* The default fontset can't be the default font. */
7990 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7992 result
= x_new_font (f
, SDATA (fontsetname
));
7994 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7995 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7999 fontset
= new_fontset_from_font_name (result
);
8001 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
8002 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8006 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8007 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8010 return fontset_name (fontset
);
8014 /***********************************************************************
8016 ***********************************************************************/
8022 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8023 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8024 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8027 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8029 XPointer client_data
;
8032 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8033 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8037 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8038 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8040 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8041 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8043 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8044 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8048 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8049 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8050 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8054 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8057 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8058 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8061 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8062 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8065 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8066 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8067 char *resource_name
;
8074 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8081 XIMCallback destroy
;
8084 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8085 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8088 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8089 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8090 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8096 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8097 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8101 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8105 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8106 char *resource_name
;
8109 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8110 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8111 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8112 when the callback was registered. */
8115 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8117 XPointer client_data
;
8120 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8121 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8123 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8127 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8129 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8130 as they have no XIC. */
8131 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8133 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8136 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8138 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8140 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8141 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8143 create_frame_xic (f
);
8144 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8145 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8146 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8148 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8149 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8158 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8161 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8162 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8163 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8164 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8167 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8168 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8169 char *resource_name
;
8174 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8175 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8178 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8179 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8180 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8181 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8182 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8183 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8184 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8185 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8186 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8187 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8188 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8189 least, hence the configure test. */
8190 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8191 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8192 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8193 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8194 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8198 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8199 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8203 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8206 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8207 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8212 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8213 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8214 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8216 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8217 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8218 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8219 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8220 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8221 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8223 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8226 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8230 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8231 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8234 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8237 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8239 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8240 is already for the top-left corner. */
8241 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8244 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8245 position that fits on the screen. */
8246 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8247 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8248 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8251 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8253 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8254 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8255 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8257 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8258 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8259 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8260 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8263 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8264 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8266 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8269 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8270 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8273 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8274 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8275 so the flags should correspond. */
8276 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8279 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8280 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8281 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8282 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8283 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8286 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8288 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8291 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8293 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8297 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8299 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8301 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8302 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8304 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8307 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8309 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8310 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8312 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8314 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8315 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8316 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8317 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8318 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8321 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8322 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8324 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8325 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8327 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8328 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8329 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8335 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8336 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8338 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8341 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8343 int width
, height
, ign
;
8345 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8347 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8349 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8350 when setting WM manager hints.
8351 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8352 x_check_expected_move. */
8353 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8355 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8356 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8357 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8359 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8360 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8365 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8367 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8368 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8369 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8370 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8372 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8375 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8377 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8378 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8380 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8382 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8383 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8384 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8386 f
->left_pos
= expect_left
;
8387 f
->top_pos
= expect_top
;
8388 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 0);
8390 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8391 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8393 /* Just do this once */
8394 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8399 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8400 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8401 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8402 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8405 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8410 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8412 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8413 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8414 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8416 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8417 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8418 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8420 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8422 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8423 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8425 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8426 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8428 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8429 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8430 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8432 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8433 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8434 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8435 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8437 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8438 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8439 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8440 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8441 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8443 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8445 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8446 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8447 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8449 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8450 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8451 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8452 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8453 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8455 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8459 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8460 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8461 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8462 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8465 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8473 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8474 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8476 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8479 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8481 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8482 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8483 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8484 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8485 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8486 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8487 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8488 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8489 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8492 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8494 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8496 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8498 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8500 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8501 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8503 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8504 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8505 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8506 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8507 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8512 /* Mouse warping. */
8515 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8521 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8522 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8524 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8525 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8527 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8528 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8532 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8533 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8537 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8540 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8546 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8547 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8551 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8554 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8557 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8561 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8562 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8563 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8564 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8565 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8574 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8575 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8576 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8577 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8581 /* Raise frame F. */
8587 if (f
->async_visible
)
8590 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8591 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8596 /* Lower frame F. */
8602 if (f
->async_visible
)
8605 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8606 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8612 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8622 /* Change of visibility. */
8624 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8625 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8626 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8627 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8628 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8629 finishes with it. */
8632 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8636 int original_top
, original_left
;
8637 int retry_count
= 2;
8643 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8645 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8647 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8649 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8650 call x_set_offset a second time
8651 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8652 before the window gets really visible. */
8653 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8654 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8655 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8657 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8659 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8660 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8661 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8662 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8663 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8664 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8666 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8667 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8669 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8670 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8671 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8672 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8673 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8674 to come back ok without this. */
8675 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8676 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8680 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8682 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8683 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8684 so that incoming events are handled. */
8688 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8689 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8690 will set it when they are handled. */
8691 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8693 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8694 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8696 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8699 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8701 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8702 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8703 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8704 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8706 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8707 because the window manager may choose the position
8708 and we don't want to override it. */
8710 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8711 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8712 && previously_visible
)
8716 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8720 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8721 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8722 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8723 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8724 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8725 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8726 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8727 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8728 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8730 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8731 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8732 original_left
, original_top
);
8737 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8739 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8740 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8741 MapNotify at all.. */
8742 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8743 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8745 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8748 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8749 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8750 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8751 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8752 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8754 if (input_polling_used ())
8756 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8757 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8758 handler reset it. */
8759 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8760 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8761 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8762 poll_for_input_1 ();
8763 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8766 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8767 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8772 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8776 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8777 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8778 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8779 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8781 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8786 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8788 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8791 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8796 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8797 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8799 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8800 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8801 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8803 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8804 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8810 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8811 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8812 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8813 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8814 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8815 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8818 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8819 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8825 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8826 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8828 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8829 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8831 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8833 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8834 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8838 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8839 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8840 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8841 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8842 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8843 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8845 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8848 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8849 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8853 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8854 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8855 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8858 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8859 just by the event that we get from the server.
8860 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8861 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8862 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8864 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8865 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8866 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8873 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8882 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8883 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8884 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8886 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8891 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8893 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8895 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8898 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8900 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8901 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8903 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8906 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8907 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8913 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8915 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8917 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8918 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8919 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8920 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8921 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8922 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8923 so we have to record it here. */
8926 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8927 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8932 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8933 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8934 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8938 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8940 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8941 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8945 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8947 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8949 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8950 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8951 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8952 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8954 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8955 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8957 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8958 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8962 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8963 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8964 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8965 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8966 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8968 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8969 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8971 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8974 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8975 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8979 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8981 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8983 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8985 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8986 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8989 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8990 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8992 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8994 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8998 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9001 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9004 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9006 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9010 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9011 commands to the X server. */
9012 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9014 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9015 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9017 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9018 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9019 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9020 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9021 toolkit scroll bars. */
9022 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9024 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9025 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9034 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9035 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9037 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9038 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9040 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9041 we are using a toolkit. */
9042 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9043 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9045 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9046 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9049 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9050 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9051 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9053 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9054 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9055 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9057 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9059 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9060 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9061 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9063 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
9064 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
9065 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9066 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9067 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9068 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9070 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9071 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9072 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9073 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9074 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9075 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9076 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9077 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9078 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9079 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9080 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9081 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9082 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9083 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9084 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9086 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9087 free_frame_faces (f
);
9090 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9093 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9094 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9096 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9097 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9099 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9100 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9101 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9102 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9103 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9104 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9106 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9108 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9109 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9110 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9111 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9112 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9113 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9114 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9121 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9124 x_destroy_window (f
)
9127 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9129 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9130 commands to the X server. */
9131 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9132 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9134 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9138 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9140 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9141 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9142 that the window now has.
9143 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9144 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9145 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9149 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9154 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9156 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9159 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9162 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9164 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9165 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9167 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9168 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9170 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9171 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9172 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9173 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9174 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9175 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9176 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9177 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9178 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9179 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9181 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9182 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9183 size_hints
.max_width
9184 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9185 size_hints
.max_height
9186 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9188 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9190 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9191 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9192 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9194 int base_width
, base_height
;
9195 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9197 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9198 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9200 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9202 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9203 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9204 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9205 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9206 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9208 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9209 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9210 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9213 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9214 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9215 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9216 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9217 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9219 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9220 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9224 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9227 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9230 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9233 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9234 long supplied_return
;
9238 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9241 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9244 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9245 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9246 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9247 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9248 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9252 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9257 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9258 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9259 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9260 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9261 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9262 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9263 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9264 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9268 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9273 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9274 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9278 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9279 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9281 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9284 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9286 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9289 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9291 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9294 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9298 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9301 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9302 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9303 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9304 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9306 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9307 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9309 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9310 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9314 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9318 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9320 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9321 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9326 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9327 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9328 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9329 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9333 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9334 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9335 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9336 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9337 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9338 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9339 best to explicitly give up. */
9341 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9342 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9351 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9355 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9359 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9360 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9361 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9362 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9365 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9367 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9368 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9370 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9374 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9378 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9380 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9381 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9382 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9384 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9388 /***********************************************************************
9390 ***********************************************************************/
9392 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9395 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9399 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9403 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9405 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9408 SIZE < 0 means include auto scaled fonts.
9410 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9411 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9412 on how many fonts to match. */
9415 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9417 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9421 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9422 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9423 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9424 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9425 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9426 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9428 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9432 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9436 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9437 if (NILP (patterns
))
9438 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9440 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9441 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9442 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9444 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9447 char **names
= NULL
;
9449 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9450 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9451 The cache is an alist of the form:
9452 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9453 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9454 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9455 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9456 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9459 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9460 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9464 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9467 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9469 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9472 unsigned long value
;
9474 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9475 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9477 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9478 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9480 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9484 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9486 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9487 int len
= strlen (name
);
9490 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9491 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9492 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9494 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9498 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9499 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9501 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9502 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9507 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9510 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9513 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9515 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9516 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9523 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9524 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9527 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9536 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9539 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9541 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9542 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9544 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9548 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9555 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9556 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9557 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9561 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9563 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9564 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9565 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9566 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9567 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9568 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9573 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9575 else if (dashes
== 9)
9577 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9578 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9581 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9582 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9584 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9585 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9587 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9588 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9589 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9591 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9592 width of this font. */
9593 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9595 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9596 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9601 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9604 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9609 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9610 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9611 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9614 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9616 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9617 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9618 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9624 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9628 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9632 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9634 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9635 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9636 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9639 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9640 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9641 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9642 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9644 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9645 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9647 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9649 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9655 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9657 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9659 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9663 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9664 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9665 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9666 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9669 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9670 if (found_size
== size
)
9671 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9672 else if (found_size
> 0)
9674 if (NILP (second_best
))
9676 else if (found_size
< size
)
9678 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9679 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9684 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9685 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9690 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9692 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9694 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9705 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9709 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9714 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9716 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9718 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9719 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9720 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9723 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9726 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9728 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9729 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9730 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9731 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9732 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9735 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9739 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9740 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9742 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9743 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9744 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9746 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9750 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9751 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9752 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9753 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9754 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9757 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9761 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9763 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9764 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9766 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9767 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9769 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9770 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9772 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9775 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9776 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9777 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9779 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9780 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9783 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9784 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9786 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9787 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9788 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9792 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9793 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9794 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9795 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9798 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9800 register char *fontname
;
9803 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9804 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9807 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9808 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9809 we already have by comparing names. */
9810 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9812 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9817 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9818 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9819 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9820 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9821 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9822 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9823 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9824 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9827 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9831 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9832 unsigned long value
;
9835 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9836 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9837 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9838 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9839 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9840 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9841 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9844 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9845 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9846 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9848 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9849 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9851 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9853 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9858 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9859 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9860 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9863 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9864 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9865 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9868 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9869 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9871 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9874 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9875 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9878 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9880 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9882 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9883 fontp
->charset
= -1; /* fs_load_font sets it. */
9884 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9885 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9887 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
9889 /* Fixed width font. */
9890 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9897 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
9898 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
9900 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
9902 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9904 fontp
->average_width
9905 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
9906 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
9907 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
9908 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
9909 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
9913 int width
= pcm
->width
;
9914 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
9915 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
9916 width
+= pcm
->width
;
9917 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
9920 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9924 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9926 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9928 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9932 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9933 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9935 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9946 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9947 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9954 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9956 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9958 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9959 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9961 if (NILP (font_names
))
9963 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9964 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9965 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9966 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9967 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9968 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9971 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9973 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9974 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9976 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9979 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9981 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9983 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9984 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9986 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9990 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9991 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9992 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9993 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9994 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9995 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding_type
9996 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9997 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9998 fontp
->encoding_type
9999 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
10001 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10002 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10003 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
10004 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
10005 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
10007 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
10008 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
10009 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10010 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10011 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
10012 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
10013 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
10014 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
10015 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10016 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10017 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
10018 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
10019 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
10021 fontp
->baseline_offset
10022 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
10023 ? (long) value
: 0);
10024 fontp
->relative_compose
10025 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
10026 ? (long) value
: 0);
10027 fontp
->default_ascent
10028 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
10029 ? (long) value
: 0);
10031 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
10032 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
10033 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
10034 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
10035 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
10036 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
10043 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
10044 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
10047 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
10049 register char *fontname
;
10051 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10054 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10055 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10056 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
10057 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
10058 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10063 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
10064 `encoder' of the structure. */
10067 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
10068 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10070 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
10073 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10077 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10078 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10080 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10087 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10088 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10090 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10093 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10098 /* Return a char-table whose elements are t if the font FONT_INFO
10099 contains a glyph for the corresponding character, and nil if
10103 x_get_font_repertory (f
, font_info
)
10105 struct font_info
*font_info
;
10107 XFontStruct
*font
= (XFontStruct
*) font_info
->font
;
10109 int min_byte1
, max_byte1
, min_byte2
, max_byte2
;
10111 struct charset
*charset
= CHARSET_FROM_ID (font_info
->charset
);
10112 int offset
= CHARSET_OFFSET (charset
);
10114 table
= Fmake_char_table (Qnil
, Qnil
);
10116 min_byte1
= font
->min_byte1
;
10117 max_byte1
= font
->max_byte1
;
10118 min_byte2
= font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
10119 max_byte2
= font
->max_char_or_byte2
;
10120 if (min_byte1
== 0 && max_byte1
== 0)
10122 if (! font
->per_char
|| font
->all_chars_exist
== True
)
10125 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ min_byte2
,
10126 offset
+ max_byte2
, Qt
);
10128 for (; min_byte2
<= max_byte2
; min_byte2
++)
10130 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, min_byte2
);
10131 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10136 XCharStruct
*pcm
= font
->per_char
;
10140 for (i
= min_byte2
; i
<= max_byte2
; i
++, pcm
++)
10142 if (pcm
->width
== 0 && pcm
->rbearing
== pcm
->lbearing
)
10147 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ from
,
10148 offset
+ i
- 1, Qt
);
10150 for (; from
< i
; from
++)
10152 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, from
);
10153 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10164 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ from
, offset
+ i
- 1,
10167 for (; from
< i
; from
++)
10169 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, from
);
10170 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10177 if (! font
->per_char
|| font
->all_chars_exist
== True
)
10182 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10183 char_table_set_range
10184 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | min_byte2
),
10185 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | max_byte2
), Qt
);
10187 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10188 for (j
= min_byte2
; j
<= max_byte2
; j
++)
10190 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | j
;
10191 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10192 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10197 XCharStruct
*pcm
= font
->per_char
;
10200 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10205 for (j
= min_byte2
; j
<= max_byte2
; j
++, pcm
++)
10207 if (pcm
->width
== 0 && pcm
->rbearing
== pcm
->lbearing
)
10212 char_table_set_range
10213 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | from
),
10214 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | (j
- 1)), Qt
);
10217 for (; from
< j
; from
++)
10219 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | from
;
10220 c
= ENCODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10221 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10233 char_table_set_range
10234 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | from
),
10235 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | (j
- 1)), Qt
);
10238 for (; from
< j
; from
++)
10240 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | from
;
10241 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10242 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10253 /***********************************************************************
10255 ***********************************************************************/
10257 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10258 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10259 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10260 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10262 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10263 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10264 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10266 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10267 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10268 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10269 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10270 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10271 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10272 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10274 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10276 static int x_initialized
;
10278 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10279 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10280 the screen number from the server number. */
10282 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10283 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10285 int seen_colon
= 0;
10286 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10287 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10288 int length_until_period
= 0;
10290 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10291 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10292 length_until_period
++;
10294 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10295 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10297 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10299 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10300 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10301 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10302 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10303 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10304 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10305 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10306 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10307 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10308 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10309 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10310 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10311 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10312 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10314 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10318 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10322 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10323 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10327 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10328 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10331 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10332 unsigned long mask
;
10339 while (!(mask
& 1))
10355 struct x_display_info
*
10356 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10357 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10359 char *resource_name
;
10363 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10368 if (!x_initialized
)
10376 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10378 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10379 char **argv2
= argv
;
10382 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10384 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10385 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10386 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10387 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10388 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10392 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10396 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10398 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10400 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10401 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10404 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10405 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10408 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10411 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10413 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10417 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10419 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10420 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10422 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10424 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10425 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10426 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10428 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10429 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10430 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10432 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10433 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10438 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10439 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10442 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10443 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10444 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10446 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10447 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10448 So let's not use it until R6. */
10449 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10450 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10461 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10462 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10464 turn_on_atimers (0);
10465 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10466 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10467 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10469 turn_on_atimers (1);
10471 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10472 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10477 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10479 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10481 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10482 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10483 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10485 /* Detect failure. */
10492 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10494 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10495 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10497 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10499 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10502 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10503 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10504 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10505 SDATA (display_name
)))
10508 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10511 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10512 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10513 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10515 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10517 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10518 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10519 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10523 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10524 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10525 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10526 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10527 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10528 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10529 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10531 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10535 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10536 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10537 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10539 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10540 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10541 x_display_name_list
);
10542 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10544 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10547 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10551 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10552 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10554 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10555 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10557 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10558 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10560 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10562 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10563 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10564 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10566 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10567 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10569 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10570 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10571 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10572 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10574 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10576 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10578 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10580 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10581 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10582 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10583 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10584 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10585 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10586 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10587 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10588 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10589 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10590 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10591 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10592 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10593 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10594 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10595 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10596 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10597 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10598 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10599 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10600 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10601 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10602 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10603 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10604 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10605 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10606 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10607 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10608 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10609 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10610 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10611 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10612 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10614 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10615 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10616 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10618 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10620 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10621 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10622 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10623 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10624 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10625 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10628 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10629 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10631 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10634 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10635 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10636 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10638 if (STRINGP (value
)
10639 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10640 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10641 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10645 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10646 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10649 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10650 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10651 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10652 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10653 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10654 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10655 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10656 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10657 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10660 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10661 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10662 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10663 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10664 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10665 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10666 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10667 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10668 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10669 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10670 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10671 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10672 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10673 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10674 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10675 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10676 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10677 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10678 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10679 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10680 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10681 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10682 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10683 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10684 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10685 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10686 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10687 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10688 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10689 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10690 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10691 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10692 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10693 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10694 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10695 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10696 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10697 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10698 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10699 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10700 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10701 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10702 /* For properties of font. */
10703 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10704 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10705 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10706 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10707 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10708 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10709 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10710 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10711 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10712 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10714 /* Ghostscript support. */
10715 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10716 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10718 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10721 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10723 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10724 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10729 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10731 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10732 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10733 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10738 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10739 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10741 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10743 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10744 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10748 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10751 #ifdef subprocesses
10752 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10753 if (connection
!= 0)
10754 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10757 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10759 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10760 /* stdin is a socket here */
10761 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10762 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10763 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10764 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10765 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10766 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10769 if (interrupt_input
)
10770 init_sigio (connection
);
10771 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10774 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10775 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10776 so that Xt does not crash. */
10778 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10779 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10783 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10784 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10785 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10786 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10787 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10788 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10789 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10790 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10792 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10793 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10794 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10799 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10800 for debugging X code. */
10803 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10804 build_string ("synchronous"),
10805 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10807 if (STRINGP (value
)
10808 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10809 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10810 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10815 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10816 build_string ("useXIM"),
10817 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10820 if (STRINGP (value
)
10821 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10822 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10825 if (STRINGP (value
)
10826 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10827 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10833 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10834 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10835 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10843 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10844 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10847 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10848 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10852 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10854 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10855 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10856 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10857 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10858 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10863 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10864 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10866 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10868 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10871 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10875 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10876 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10878 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10879 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10882 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10884 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10885 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10886 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10889 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10890 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10891 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10894 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10895 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10896 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10900 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10903 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10904 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10905 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10907 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10908 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10909 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10912 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10913 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10915 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10916 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10917 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10921 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10923 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10924 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10925 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10926 that slows us down. */
10929 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10930 struct atimer
*timer
;
10932 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10935 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10936 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10941 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10944 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10946 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10948 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10950 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10954 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10956 x_after_update_window_line
,
10957 x_update_window_begin
,
10958 x_update_window_end
,
10964 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10966 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10967 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10968 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10969 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10970 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10971 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10974 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10975 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10976 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10977 x_clear_frame_area
,
10978 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10979 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10980 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10986 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10988 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10989 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10990 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10991 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10992 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10993 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10994 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10995 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10996 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10997 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10998 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10999 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
11000 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
11001 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
11002 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
11003 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
11004 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
11005 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
11007 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
11008 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
11009 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
11010 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
11011 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
11016 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
11017 any_help_event_p
= 0;
11018 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
11021 current_count
= -1;
11024 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
11025 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
11027 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11028 XtToolkitInitialize ();
11030 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
11032 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
11033 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
11034 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
11035 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
11036 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
11037 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
11038 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
11040 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
11042 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
11043 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
11044 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
11045 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
11046 widgets don't behave normally. */
11048 EMACS_TIME interval
;
11049 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
11050 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
11054 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11056 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
11057 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
11061 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
11062 original error handler. */
11063 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
11064 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
11066 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
11068 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
11069 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
11071 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
11078 x_error_message
= NULL
;
11080 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
11081 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
11083 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
11084 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
11086 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
11087 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
11089 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
11090 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
11092 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
11093 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
11095 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
11096 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
11097 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
11098 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
11099 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
11100 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
11101 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
11103 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
11104 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
11105 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
11106 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
11107 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
11108 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
11109 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
11110 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
11111 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
11113 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
11114 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
11115 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
11116 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
11117 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11119 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
11120 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
11121 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
11123 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
11125 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
11128 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
11131 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
11132 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
11134 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
11135 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
11136 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
11137 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
11138 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
11139 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
11140 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
11141 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
11142 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
11144 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
11145 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
11146 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11147 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11148 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11149 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
11151 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
11152 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11153 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11154 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11155 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11156 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11158 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
11159 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11160 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11161 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11162 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11163 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11165 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11166 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11167 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11168 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11169 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11170 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11172 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11173 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11174 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11175 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11176 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11180 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11182 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11183 (do not change this comment) */